linux-stable/net/mpls/af_mpls.c

2800 lines
64 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/sysctl.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include <linux/net.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/if_arp.h>
#include <linux/ipv6.h>
#include <linux/mpls.h>
#include <linux/netconf.h>
#include <linux/nospec.h>
#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
#include <linux/percpu.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include <net/ip.h>
#include <net/dst.h>
#include <net/sock.h>
#include <net/arp.h>
#include <net/ip_fib.h>
#include <net/netevent.h>
#include <net/ip_tunnels.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include <net/netns/generic.h>
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
#include <net/ipv6.h>
#endif
#include <net/ipv6_stubs.h>
#include <net/rtnh.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include "internal.h"
/* max memory we will use for mpls_route */
#define MAX_MPLS_ROUTE_MEM 4096
/* Maximum number of labels to look ahead at when selecting a path of
* a multipath route
*/
#define MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS 4
#define MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC (NEIGH_LINK_TABLE + 1)
static int label_limit = (1 << 20) - 1;
static int ttl_max = 255;
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NET_IP_TUNNEL)
static size_t ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen(struct ip_tunnel_encap *e)
{
return sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr);
}
static const struct ip_tunnel_encap_ops mpls_iptun_ops = {
.encap_hlen = ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen,
};
static int ipgre_tunnel_encap_add_mpls_ops(void)
{
return ip_tunnel_encap_add_ops(&mpls_iptun_ops, TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS);
}
static void ipgre_tunnel_encap_del_mpls_ops(void)
{
ip_tunnel_encap_del_ops(&mpls_iptun_ops, TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS);
}
#else
static int ipgre_tunnel_encap_add_mpls_ops(void)
{
return 0;
}
static void ipgre_tunnel_encap_del_mpls_ops(void)
{
}
#endif
static void rtmsg_lfib(int event, u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh, struct net *net, u32 portid,
unsigned int nlm_flags);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static struct mpls_route *mpls_route_input_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned index)
{
struct mpls_route *rt = NULL;
if (index < net->mpls.platform_labels) {
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label =
rcu_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
rt = rcu_dereference(platform_label[index]);
}
return rt;
}
bool mpls_output_possible(const struct net_device *dev)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
return dev && (dev->flags & IFF_UP) && netif_carrier_ok(dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_output_possible);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static u8 *__mpls_nh_via(struct mpls_route *rt, struct mpls_nh *nh)
{
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
return (u8 *)nh + rt->rt_via_offset;
}
static const u8 *mpls_nh_via(const struct mpls_route *rt,
const struct mpls_nh *nh)
{
return __mpls_nh_via((struct mpls_route *)rt, (struct mpls_nh *)nh);
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
static unsigned int mpls_nh_header_size(const struct mpls_nh *nh)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
/* The size of the layer 2.5 labels to be added for this route */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
return nh->nh_labels * sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
unsigned int mpls_dev_mtu(const struct net_device *dev)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
/* The amount of data the layer 2 frame can hold */
return dev->mtu;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_dev_mtu);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
bool mpls_pkt_too_big(const struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int mtu)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
if (skb->len <= mtu)
return false;
if (skb_is_gso(skb) && skb_gso_validate_network_len(skb, mtu))
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
return false;
return true;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_pkt_too_big);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
void mpls_stats_inc_outucastpkts(struct net_device *dev,
const struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_MPLS_UC)) {
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (mdev)
MPLS_INC_STATS_LEN(mdev, skb->len,
tx_packets,
tx_bytes);
} else if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_IP)) {
IP_UPD_PO_STATS(dev_net(dev), IPSTATS_MIB_OUT, skb->len);
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
} else if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_IPV6)) {
struct inet6_dev *in6dev = __in6_dev_get(dev);
if (in6dev)
IP6_UPD_PO_STATS(dev_net(dev), in6dev,
IPSTATS_MIB_OUT, skb->len);
#endif
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_stats_inc_outucastpkts);
static u32 mpls_multipath_hash(struct mpls_route *rt, struct sk_buff *skb)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
unsigned int mpls_hdr_len = 0;
struct mpls_shim_hdr *hdr;
bool eli_seen = false;
int label_index;
u32 hash = 0;
for (label_index = 0; label_index < MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS;
label_index++) {
mpls_hdr_len += sizeof(*hdr);
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, mpls_hdr_len))
break;
/* Read and decode the current label */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb) + label_index;
dec = mpls_entry_decode(hdr);
/* RFC6790 - reserved labels MUST NOT be used as keys
* for the load-balancing function
*/
if (likely(dec.label >= MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)) {
hash = jhash_1word(dec.label, hash);
/* The entropy label follows the entropy label
* indicator, so this means that the entropy
* label was just added to the hash - no need to
* go any deeper either in the label stack or in the
* payload
*/
if (eli_seen)
break;
} else if (dec.label == MPLS_LABEL_ENTROPY) {
eli_seen = true;
}
if (!dec.bos)
continue;
/* found bottom label; does skb have room for a header? */
if (pskb_may_pull(skb, mpls_hdr_len + sizeof(struct iphdr))) {
const struct iphdr *v4hdr;
v4hdr = (const struct iphdr *)(hdr + 1);
if (v4hdr->version == 4) {
hash = jhash_3words(ntohl(v4hdr->saddr),
ntohl(v4hdr->daddr),
v4hdr->protocol, hash);
} else if (v4hdr->version == 6 &&
pskb_may_pull(skb, mpls_hdr_len +
sizeof(struct ipv6hdr))) {
const struct ipv6hdr *v6hdr;
v6hdr = (const struct ipv6hdr *)(hdr + 1);
hash = __ipv6_addr_jhash(&v6hdr->saddr, hash);
hash = __ipv6_addr_jhash(&v6hdr->daddr, hash);
hash = jhash_1word(v6hdr->nexthdr, hash);
}
}
break;
}
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
return hash;
}
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
static struct mpls_nh *mpls_get_nexthop(struct mpls_route *rt, u8 index)
{
return (struct mpls_nh *)((u8 *)rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size);
}
/* number of alive nexthops (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for
* a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers.
* Since those fields can change at any moment, use READ_ONCE to
* access both.
*/
static const struct mpls_nh *mpls_select_multipath(struct mpls_route *rt,
struct sk_buff *skb)
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
{
u32 hash = 0;
int nh_index = 0;
int n = 0;
u8 alive;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
/* No need to look further into packet if there's only
* one path
*/
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1)
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
return rt->rt_nh;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
alive = READ_ONCE(rt->rt_nhn_alive);
if (alive == 0)
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
return NULL;
hash = mpls_multipath_hash(rt, skb);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
nh_index = hash % alive;
if (alive == rt->rt_nhn)
goto out;
for_nexthops(rt) {
unsigned int nh_flags = READ_ONCE(nh->nh_flags);
if (nh_flags & (RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN))
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
continue;
if (n == nh_index)
return nh;
n++;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
out:
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
return mpls_get_nexthop(rt, nh_index);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
}
static bool mpls_egress(struct net *net, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct sk_buff *skb, struct mpls_entry_decoded dec)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
enum mpls_payload_type payload_type;
bool success = false;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* The IPv4 code below accesses through the IPv4 header
* checksum, which is 12 bytes into the packet.
* The IPv6 code below accesses through the IPv6 hop limit
* which is 8 bytes into the packet.
*
* For all supported cases there should always be at least 12
* bytes of packet data present. The IPv4 header is 20 bytes
* without options and the IPv6 header is always 40 bytes
* long.
*/
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, 12))
return false;
payload_type = rt->rt_payload_type;
if (payload_type == MPT_UNSPEC)
payload_type = ip_hdr(skb)->version;
switch (payload_type) {
case MPT_IPV4: {
struct iphdr *hdr4 = ip_hdr(skb);
u8 new_ttl;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_IP);
/* If propagating TTL, take the decremented TTL from
* the incoming MPLS header, otherwise decrement the
* TTL, but only if not 0 to avoid underflow.
*/
if (rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_ENABLED ||
(rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT &&
net->mpls.ip_ttl_propagate))
new_ttl = dec.ttl;
else
new_ttl = hdr4->ttl ? hdr4->ttl - 1 : 0;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
csum_replace2(&hdr4->check,
htons(hdr4->ttl << 8),
htons(new_ttl << 8));
hdr4->ttl = new_ttl;
success = true;
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
case MPT_IPV6: {
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
struct ipv6hdr *hdr6 = ipv6_hdr(skb);
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_IPV6);
/* If propagating TTL, take the decremented TTL from
* the incoming MPLS header, otherwise decrement the
* hop limit, but only if not 0 to avoid underflow.
*/
if (rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_ENABLED ||
(rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT &&
net->mpls.ip_ttl_propagate))
hdr6->hop_limit = dec.ttl;
else if (hdr6->hop_limit)
hdr6->hop_limit = hdr6->hop_limit - 1;
success = true;
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
case MPT_UNSPEC:
/* Should have decided which protocol it is by now */
break;
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
return success;
}
static int mpls_forward(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev,
struct packet_type *pt, struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
struct mpls_shim_hdr *hdr;
const struct mpls_nh *nh;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
struct net_device *out_dev;
struct mpls_dev *out_mdev;
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
unsigned int hh_len;
unsigned int new_header_size;
unsigned int mtu;
int err;
/* Careful this entire function runs inside of an rcu critical section */
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
goto drop;
MPLS_INC_STATS_LEN(mdev, skb->len, rx_packets,
rx_bytes);
if (!mdev->input_enabled) {
MPLS_INC_STATS(mdev, rx_dropped);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
goto drop;
}
if (skb->pkt_type != PACKET_HOST)
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if ((skb = skb_share_check(skb, GFP_ATOMIC)) == NULL)
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr)))
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
skb_dst_drop(skb);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* Read and decode the label */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb);
dec = mpls_entry_decode(hdr);
rt = mpls_route_input_rcu(net, dec.label);
if (!rt) {
MPLS_INC_STATS(mdev, rx_noroute);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
goto drop;
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
nh = mpls_select_multipath(rt, skb);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (!nh)
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* Pop the label */
skb_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr));
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
skb_orphan(skb);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (skb_warn_if_lro(skb))
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
skb_forward_csum(skb);
/* Verify ttl is valid */
if (dec.ttl <= 1)
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* Find the output device */
out_dev = nh->nh_dev;
if (!mpls_output_possible(out_dev))
goto tx_err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* Verify the destination can hold the packet */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
new_header_size = mpls_nh_header_size(nh);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mtu = mpls_dev_mtu(out_dev);
if (mpls_pkt_too_big(skb, mtu - new_header_size))
goto tx_err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
hh_len = LL_RESERVED_SPACE(out_dev);
if (!out_dev->header_ops)
hh_len = 0;
/* Ensure there is enough space for the headers in the skb */
if (skb_cow(skb, hh_len + new_header_size))
goto tx_err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
skb->dev = out_dev;
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_MPLS_UC);
dec.ttl -= 1;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (unlikely(!new_header_size && dec.bos)) {
/* Penultimate hop popping */
if (!mpls_egress(dev_net(out_dev), rt, skb, dec))
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
} else {
bool bos;
int i;
skb_push(skb, new_header_size);
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
/* Push the new labels */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb);
bos = dec.bos;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
for (i = nh->nh_labels - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
hdr[i] = mpls_entry_encode(nh->nh_label[i],
dec.ttl, 0, bos);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
bos = false;
}
}
mpls_stats_inc_outucastpkts(out_dev, skb);
/* If via wasn't specified then send out using device address */
if (nh->nh_via_table == MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC)
err = neigh_xmit(NEIGH_LINK_TABLE, out_dev,
out_dev->dev_addr, skb);
else
err = neigh_xmit(nh->nh_via_table, out_dev,
mpls_nh_via(rt, nh), skb);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (err)
net_dbg_ratelimited("%s: packet transmission failed: %d\n",
__func__, err);
return 0;
tx_err:
out_mdev = out_dev ? mpls_dev_get(out_dev) : NULL;
if (out_mdev)
MPLS_INC_STATS(out_mdev, tx_errors);
goto drop;
err:
MPLS_INC_STATS(mdev, rx_errors);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
drop:
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_DROP;
}
static struct packet_type mpls_packet_type __read_mostly = {
.type = cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_MPLS_UC),
.func = mpls_forward,
};
static const struct nla_policy rtm_mpls_policy[RTA_MAX+1] = {
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
[RTA_DST] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[RTA_OIF] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
};
struct mpls_route_config {
u32 rc_protocol;
u32 rc_ifindex;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
u8 rc_via_table;
u8 rc_via_alen;
u8 rc_via[MAX_VIA_ALEN];
u32 rc_label;
u8 rc_ttl_propagate;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
u8 rc_output_labels;
u32 rc_output_label[MAX_NEW_LABELS];
u32 rc_nlflags;
enum mpls_payload_type rc_payload_type;
struct nl_info rc_nlinfo;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct rtnexthop *rc_mp;
int rc_mp_len;
};
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
/* all nexthops within a route have the same size based on max
* number of labels and max via length for a hop
*/
static struct mpls_route *mpls_rt_alloc(u8 num_nh, u8 max_alen, u8 max_labels)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
u8 nh_size = MPLS_NH_SIZE(max_labels, max_alen);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
size_t size;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
size = sizeof(*rt) + num_nh * nh_size;
if (size > MAX_MPLS_ROUTE_MEM)
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
rt = kzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!rt)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
rt->rt_nhn = num_nh;
rt->rt_nhn_alive = num_nh;
rt->rt_nh_size = nh_size;
rt->rt_via_offset = MPLS_NH_VIA_OFF(max_labels);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
return rt;
}
static void mpls_rt_free(struct mpls_route *rt)
{
if (rt)
kfree_rcu(rt, rt_rcu);
}
static void mpls_notify_route(struct net *net, unsigned index,
struct mpls_route *old, struct mpls_route *new,
const struct nl_info *info)
{
struct nlmsghdr *nlh = info ? info->nlh : NULL;
unsigned portid = info ? info->portid : 0;
int event = new ? RTM_NEWROUTE : RTM_DELROUTE;
struct mpls_route *rt = new ? new : old;
unsigned nlm_flags = (old && new) ? NLM_F_REPLACE : 0;
/* Ignore reserved labels for now */
if (rt && (index >= MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED))
rtmsg_lfib(event, index, rt, nlh, net, portid, nlm_flags);
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static void mpls_route_update(struct net *net, unsigned index,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct mpls_route *new,
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
const struct nl_info *info)
{
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rcu_assign_pointer(platform_label[index], new);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls_notify_route(net, index, rt, new, info);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* If we removed a route free it now */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls_rt_free(rt);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
static unsigned find_free_label(struct net *net)
{
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
size_t platform_labels;
unsigned index;
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
for (index = MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED; index < platform_labels;
index++) {
if (!rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]))
return index;
}
return LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED;
}
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET)
static struct net_device *inet_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct rtable *rt;
struct in_addr daddr;
memcpy(&daddr, addr, sizeof(struct in_addr));
rt = ip_route_output(net, daddr.s_addr, 0, 0, 0);
if (IS_ERR(rt))
return ERR_CAST(rt);
dev = rt->dst.dev;
dev_hold(dev);
ip_rt_put(rt);
return dev;
}
#else
static struct net_device *inet_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
{
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
}
#endif
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
static struct net_device *inet6_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct dst_entry *dst;
struct flowi6 fl6;
if (!ipv6_stub)
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
memset(&fl6, 0, sizeof(fl6));
memcpy(&fl6.daddr, addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr));
dst = ipv6_stub->ipv6_dst_lookup_flow(net, NULL, &fl6, NULL);
if (IS_ERR(dst))
return ERR_CAST(dst);
dev = dst->dev;
dev_hold(dev);
dst_release(dst);
return dev;
}
#else
static struct net_device *inet6_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
{
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
}
#endif
static struct net_device *find_outdev(struct net *net,
struct mpls_route *rt,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif)
{
struct net_device *dev = NULL;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (!oif) {
switch (nh->nh_via_table) {
case NEIGH_ARP_TABLE:
dev = inet_fib_lookup_dev(net, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh));
break;
case NEIGH_ND_TABLE:
dev = inet6_fib_lookup_dev(net, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh));
break;
case NEIGH_LINK_TABLE:
break;
}
} else {
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
dev = dev_get_by_index(net, oif);
}
if (!dev)
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
mpls: find_outdev: check for err ptr in addition to NULL check find_outdev calls inet{,6}_fib_lookup_dev() or dev_get_by_index() to find the output device. In case of an error, inet{,6}_fib_lookup_dev() returns error pointer and dev_get_by_index() returns NULL. But the function only checks for NULL and thus can end up calling dev_put on an ERR_PTR. This patch adds an additional check for err ptr after the NULL check. Before: Trying to add an mpls route with no oif from user, no available path to 10.1.1.8 and no default route: $ip -f mpls route add 100 as 200 via inet 10.1.1.8 [ 822.337195] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 00000000000003a3 [ 822.340033] IP: [<ffffffff8148781e>] mpls_nh_assign_dev+0x10b/0x182 [ 822.340033] PGD 1db38067 PUD 1de9e067 PMD 0 [ 822.340033] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP [ 822.340033] Modules linked in: [ 822.340033] CPU: 0 PID: 11148 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.5.0-rc7+ #54 [ 822.340033] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.7.5.1-0-g8936dbb-20141113_115728-nilsson.home.kraxel.org 04/01/2014 [ 822.340033] task: ffff88001db82580 ti: ffff88001dad4000 task.ti: ffff88001dad4000 [ 822.340033] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8148781e>] [<ffffffff8148781e>] mpls_nh_assign_dev+0x10b/0x182 [ 822.340033] RSP: 0018:ffff88001dad7a88 EFLAGS: 00010282 [ 822.340033] RAX: ffffffffffffff9b RBX: ffffffffffffff9b RCX: 0000000000000002 [ 822.340033] RDX: 00000000ffffff9b RSI: 0000000000000008 RDI: 0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] RBP: ffff88001ddc9ea0 R08: ffff88001e9f1768 R09: 0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] R10: ffff88001d9c1100 R11: ffff88001e3c89f0 R12: ffffffff8187e0c0 [ 822.340033] R13: ffffffff8187e0c0 R14: ffff88001ddc9e80 R15: 0000000000000004 [ 822.340033] FS: 00007ff9ed798700(0000) GS:ffff88001fc00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 [ 822.340033] CR2: 00000000000003a3 CR3: 000000001de89000 CR4: 00000000000006f0 [ 822.340033] Stack: [ 822.340033] 0000000000000000 0000000100000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] 0000000000000000 0801010a00000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] 0000000000000004 ffffffff8148749b ffffffff8187e0c0 000000000000001c [ 822.340033] Call Trace: [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff8148749b>] ? mpls_rt_alloc+0x2b/0x3e [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff81488e66>] ? mpls_rtm_newroute+0x358/0x3e2 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff810e7bbc>] ? get_page+0x5/0xa [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813b7d94>] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x17e/0x191 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff8111794e>] ? __kmalloc_track_caller+0x8c/0x9e [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813c9393>] ? rht_key_hashfn.isra.20.constprop.57+0x14/0x1f [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813b7c16>] ? __rtnl_unlock+0xc/0xc [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813cb794>] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0x36/0x82 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813b4507>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x1f/0x28 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813cb2b1>] ? netlink_unicast+0x106/0x189 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813cb5b3>] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x27f/0x2c8 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff81392ede>] ? sock_sendmsg_nosec+0x10/0x1b [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff81393df1>] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x182/0x1e3 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff810e4f35>] ? __alloc_pages_nodemask+0x11c/0x1e4 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff8110619c>] ? PageAnon+0x5/0xd [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff811062fe>] ? __page_set_anon_rmap+0x45/0x52 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff810e7bbc>] ? get_page+0x5/0xa [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff810e85ab>] ? __lru_cache_add+0x1a/0x3a [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff81087ea9>] ? current_kernel_time64+0x9/0x30 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813940c4>] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x3c/0x5a [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff8148f597>] ? entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x6a [ 822.340033] Code: 83 08 04 00 00 65 ff 00 48 8b 3c 24 e8 40 7c f2 ff eb 13 48 c7 c3 9f ff ff ff eb 0f 89 ce e8 f1 ae f1 ff 48 89 c3 48 85 db 74 15 <48> 8b 83 08 04 00 00 65 ff 08 48 81 fb 00 f0 ff ff 76 0d eb 07 [ 822.340033] RIP [<ffffffff8148781e>] mpls_nh_assign_dev+0x10b/0x182 [ 822.340033] RSP <ffff88001dad7a88> [ 822.340033] CR2: 00000000000003a3 [ 822.435363] ---[ end trace 98cc65e6f6b8bf11 ]--- After patch: $ip -f mpls route add 100 as 200 via inet 10.1.1.8 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 04:28:38 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(dev))
return dev;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
/* The caller is holding rtnl anyways, so release the dev reference */
dev_put(dev);
return dev;
}
static int mpls_nh_assign_dev(struct net *net, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
struct net_device *dev = NULL;
int err = -ENODEV;
dev = find_outdev(net, rt, nh, oif);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(dev)) {
err = PTR_ERR(dev);
dev = NULL;
goto errout;
}
/* Ensure this is a supported device */
err = -EINVAL;
if (!mpls_dev_get(dev))
goto errout;
if ((nh->nh_via_table == NEIGH_LINK_TABLE) &&
(dev->addr_len != nh->nh_via_alen))
goto errout;
nh->nh_dev = dev;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP)) {
nh->nh_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
} else {
unsigned int flags;
flags = dev_get_flags(dev);
if (!(flags & (IFF_RUNNING | IFF_LOWER_UP)))
nh->nh_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
static int nla_get_via(const struct nlattr *nla, u8 *via_alen, u8 *via_table,
u8 via_addr[], struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct rtvia *via = nla_data(nla);
int err = -EINVAL;
int alen;
if (nla_len(nla) < offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr)) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Invalid attribute length for RTA_VIA");
goto errout;
}
alen = nla_len(nla) -
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr);
if (alen > MAX_VIA_ALEN) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Invalid address length for RTA_VIA");
goto errout;
}
/* Validate the address family */
switch (via->rtvia_family) {
case AF_PACKET:
*via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
break;
case AF_INET:
*via_table = NEIGH_ARP_TABLE;
if (alen != 4)
goto errout;
break;
case AF_INET6:
*via_table = NEIGH_ND_TABLE;
if (alen != 16)
goto errout;
break;
default:
/* Unsupported address family */
goto errout;
}
memcpy(via_addr, via->rtvia_addr, alen);
*via_alen = alen;
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
static int mpls_nh_build_from_cfg(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct mpls_route *rt)
{
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
int err;
int i;
if (!nh)
return -ENOMEM;
nh->nh_labels = cfg->rc_output_labels;
for (i = 0; i < nh->nh_labels; i++)
nh->nh_label[i] = cfg->rc_output_label[i];
nh->nh_via_table = cfg->rc_via_table;
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt, nh), cfg->rc_via, cfg->rc_via_alen);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nh->nh_via_alen = cfg->rc_via_alen;
err = mpls_nh_assign_dev(net, rt, nh, cfg->rc_ifindex);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags & (RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN))
rt->rt_nhn_alive--;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
static int mpls_nh_build(struct net *net, struct mpls_route *rt,
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif, struct nlattr *via,
struct nlattr *newdst, u8 max_labels,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
int err = -ENOMEM;
if (!nh)
goto errout;
if (newdst) {
err = nla_get_labels(newdst, max_labels, &nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label, extack);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
}
if (via) {
err = nla_get_via(via, &nh->nh_via_alen, &nh->nh_via_table,
__mpls_nh_via(rt, nh), extack);
if (err)
goto errout;
} else {
nh->nh_via_table = MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
err = mpls_nh_assign_dev(net, rt, nh, oif);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
static u8 mpls_count_nexthops(struct rtnexthop *rtnh, int len,
u8 cfg_via_alen, u8 *max_via_alen,
u8 *max_labels)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
int remaining = len;
u8 nhs = 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
*max_via_alen = 0;
*max_labels = 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
while (rtnh_ok(rtnh, remaining)) {
struct nlattr *nla, *attrs = rtnh_attrs(rtnh);
int attrlen;
u8 n_labels = 0;
attrlen = rtnh_attrlen(rtnh);
nla = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_VIA);
if (nla && nla_len(nla) >=
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr)) {
int via_alen = nla_len(nla) -
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr);
if (via_alen <= MAX_VIA_ALEN)
*max_via_alen = max_t(u16, *max_via_alen,
via_alen);
}
nla = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_NEWDST);
if (nla &&
nla_get_labels(nla, MAX_NEW_LABELS, &n_labels,
NULL, NULL) != 0)
return 0;
*max_labels = max_t(u8, *max_labels, n_labels);
/* number of nexthops is tracked by a u8.
* Check for overflow.
*/
if (nhs == 255)
return 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nhs++;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rtnh = rtnh_next(rtnh, &remaining);
}
/* leftover implies invalid nexthop configuration, discard it */
return remaining > 0 ? 0 : nhs;
}
static int mpls_nh_build_multi(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct mpls_route *rt, u8 max_labels,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
struct rtnexthop *rtnh = cfg->rc_mp;
struct nlattr *nla_via, *nla_newdst;
int remaining = cfg->rc_mp_len;
int err = 0;
u8 nhs = 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
change_nexthops(rt) {
int attrlen;
nla_via = NULL;
nla_newdst = NULL;
err = -EINVAL;
if (!rtnh_ok(rtnh, remaining))
goto errout;
/* neither weighted multipath nor any flags
* are supported
*/
if (rtnh->rtnh_hops || rtnh->rtnh_flags)
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
attrlen = rtnh_attrlen(rtnh);
if (attrlen > 0) {
struct nlattr *attrs = rtnh_attrs(rtnh);
nla_via = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_VIA);
nla_newdst = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_NEWDST);
}
err = mpls_nh_build(cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net, rt, nh,
rtnh->rtnh_ifindex, nla_via, nla_newdst,
max_labels, extack);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags & (RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN))
rt->rt_nhn_alive--;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rtnh = rtnh_next(rtnh, &remaining);
nhs++;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
rt->rt_nhn = nhs;
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
static bool mpls_label_ok(struct net *net, unsigned int *index,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
bool is_ok = true;
/* Reserved labels may not be set */
if (*index < MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"Invalid label - must be MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED or higher");
is_ok = false;
}
/* The full 20 bit range may not be supported. */
if (is_ok && *index >= net->mpls.platform_labels) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"Label >= configured maximum in platform_labels");
is_ok = false;
}
*index = array_index_nospec(*index, net->mpls.platform_labels);
return is_ok;
}
static int mpls_route_add(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
struct mpls_route *rt, *old;
int err = -EINVAL;
u8 max_via_alen;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
unsigned index;
u8 max_labels;
u8 nhs;
index = cfg->rc_label;
/* If a label was not specified during insert pick one */
if ((index == LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED) &&
(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_CREATE)) {
index = find_free_label(net);
}
if (!mpls_label_ok(net, &index, extack))
goto errout;
/* Append makes no sense with mpls */
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_APPEND) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "MPLS does not support route append");
goto errout;
}
err = -EEXIST;
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
old = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
if ((cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_EXCL) && old)
goto errout;
err = -EEXIST;
if (!(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_REPLACE) && old)
goto errout;
err = -ENOENT;
if (!(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_CREATE) && !old)
goto errout;
err = -EINVAL;
if (cfg->rc_mp) {
nhs = mpls_count_nexthops(cfg->rc_mp, cfg->rc_mp_len,
cfg->rc_via_alen, &max_via_alen,
&max_labels);
} else {
max_via_alen = cfg->rc_via_alen;
max_labels = cfg->rc_output_labels;
nhs = 1;
}
if (nhs == 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "Route does not contain a nexthop");
goto errout;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rt = mpls_rt_alloc(nhs, max_via_alen, max_labels);
if (IS_ERR(rt)) {
err = PTR_ERR(rt);
goto errout;
}
rt->rt_protocol = cfg->rc_protocol;
rt->rt_payload_type = cfg->rc_payload_type;
rt->rt_ttl_propagate = cfg->rc_ttl_propagate;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (cfg->rc_mp)
err = mpls_nh_build_multi(cfg, rt, max_labels, extack);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
else
err = mpls_nh_build_from_cfg(cfg, rt);
if (err)
goto freert;
mpls_route_update(net, index, rt, &cfg->rc_nlinfo);
return 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
freert:
mpls_rt_free(rt);
errout:
return err;
}
static int mpls_route_del(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
unsigned index;
int err = -EINVAL;
index = cfg->rc_label;
if (!mpls_label_ok(net, &index, extack))
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls_route_update(net, index, NULL, &cfg->rc_nlinfo);
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
static void mpls_get_stats(struct mpls_dev *mdev,
struct mpls_link_stats *stats)
{
struct mpls_pcpu_stats *p;
int i;
memset(stats, 0, sizeof(*stats));
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
struct mpls_link_stats local;
unsigned int start;
p = per_cpu_ptr(mdev->stats, i);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin(&p->syncp);
local = p->stats;
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry(&p->syncp, start));
stats->rx_packets += local.rx_packets;
stats->rx_bytes += local.rx_bytes;
stats->tx_packets += local.tx_packets;
stats->tx_bytes += local.tx_bytes;
stats->rx_errors += local.rx_errors;
stats->tx_errors += local.tx_errors;
stats->rx_dropped += local.rx_dropped;
stats->tx_dropped += local.tx_dropped;
stats->rx_noroute += local.rx_noroute;
}
}
static int mpls_fill_stats_af(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct net_device *dev)
{
struct mpls_link_stats *stats;
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
struct nlattr *nla;
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
return -ENODATA;
nla = nla_reserve_64bit(skb, MPLS_STATS_LINK,
sizeof(struct mpls_link_stats),
MPLS_STATS_UNSPEC);
if (!nla)
return -EMSGSIZE;
stats = nla_data(nla);
mpls_get_stats(mdev, stats);
return 0;
}
static size_t mpls_get_stats_af_size(const struct net_device *dev)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
return 0;
return nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(struct mpls_link_stats));
}
static int mpls_netconf_fill_devconf(struct sk_buff *skb, struct mpls_dev *mdev,
u32 portid, u32 seq, int event,
unsigned int flags, int type)
{
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct netconfmsg *ncm;
bool all = false;
nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, portid, seq, event, sizeof(struct netconfmsg),
flags);
if (!nlh)
return -EMSGSIZE;
if (type == NETCONFA_ALL)
all = true;
ncm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
ncm->ncm_family = AF_MPLS;
if (nla_put_s32(skb, NETCONFA_IFINDEX, mdev->dev->ifindex) < 0)
goto nla_put_failure;
if ((all || type == NETCONFA_INPUT) &&
nla_put_s32(skb, NETCONFA_INPUT,
mdev->input_enabled) < 0)
goto nla_put_failure;
nlmsg_end(skb, nlh);
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf(int type)
{
int size = NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct netconfmsg))
+ nla_total_size(4); /* NETCONFA_IFINDEX */
bool all = false;
if (type == NETCONFA_ALL)
all = true;
if (all || type == NETCONFA_INPUT)
size += nla_total_size(4);
return size;
}
static void mpls_netconf_notify_devconf(struct net *net, int event,
int type, struct mpls_dev *mdev)
{
struct sk_buff *skb;
int err = -ENOBUFS;
skb = nlmsg_new(mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf(type), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!skb)
goto errout;
err = mpls_netconf_fill_devconf(skb, mdev, 0, 0, event, 0, type);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf() */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
kfree_skb(skb);
goto errout;
}
rtnl_notify(skb, net, 0, RTNLGRP_MPLS_NETCONF, NULL, GFP_KERNEL);
return;
errout:
if (err < 0)
rtnl_set_sk_err(net, RTNLGRP_MPLS_NETCONF, err);
}
static const struct nla_policy devconf_mpls_policy[NETCONFA_MAX + 1] = {
[NETCONFA_IFINDEX] = { .len = sizeof(int) },
};
static int mpls_netconf_valid_get_req(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct nlattr **tb,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
int i, err;
if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(sizeof(struct netconfmsg))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Invalid header for netconf get request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (!netlink_strict_get_check(skb))
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
return nlmsg_parse_deprecated(nlh, sizeof(struct netconfmsg),
tb, NETCONFA_MAX,
devconf_mpls_policy, extack);
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(nlh, sizeof(struct netconfmsg),
tb, NETCONFA_MAX,
devconf_mpls_policy, extack);
if (err)
return err;
for (i = 0; i <= NETCONFA_MAX; i++) {
if (!tb[i])
continue;
switch (i) {
case NETCONFA_IFINDEX:
break;
default:
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Unsupported attribute in netconf get request");
return -EINVAL;
}
}
return 0;
}
static int mpls_netconf_get_devconf(struct sk_buff *in_skb,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net *net = sock_net(in_skb->sk);
struct nlattr *tb[NETCONFA_MAX + 1];
struct net_device *dev;
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
struct sk_buff *skb;
int ifindex;
int err;
err = mpls_netconf_valid_get_req(in_skb, nlh, tb, extack);
if (err < 0)
goto errout;
err = -EINVAL;
if (!tb[NETCONFA_IFINDEX])
goto errout;
ifindex = nla_get_s32(tb[NETCONFA_IFINDEX]);
dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex);
if (!dev)
goto errout;
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
goto errout;
err = -ENOBUFS;
skb = nlmsg_new(mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf(NETCONFA_ALL), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!skb)
goto errout;
err = mpls_netconf_fill_devconf(skb, mdev,
NETLINK_CB(in_skb).portid,
nlh->nlmsg_seq, RTM_NEWNETCONF, 0,
NETCONFA_ALL);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf() */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
kfree_skb(skb);
goto errout;
}
err = rtnl_unicast(skb, net, NETLINK_CB(in_skb).portid);
errout:
return err;
}
static int mpls_netconf_dump_devconf(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
const struct nlmsghdr *nlh = cb->nlh;
struct net *net = sock_net(skb->sk);
struct hlist_head *head;
struct net_device *dev;
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
int idx, s_idx;
int h, s_h;
if (cb->strict_check) {
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = cb->extack;
struct netconfmsg *ncm;
if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(sizeof(*ncm))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid header for netconf dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (nlmsg_attrlen(nlh, sizeof(*ncm))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid data after header in netconf dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
}
s_h = cb->args[0];
s_idx = idx = cb->args[1];
for (h = s_h; h < NETDEV_HASHENTRIES; h++, s_idx = 0) {
idx = 0;
head = &net->dev_index_head[h];
rcu_read_lock();
cb->seq = net->dev_base_seq;
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(dev, head, index_hlist) {
if (idx < s_idx)
goto cont;
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
goto cont;
if (mpls_netconf_fill_devconf(skb, mdev,
NETLINK_CB(cb->skb).portid,
nlh->nlmsg_seq,
RTM_NEWNETCONF,
NLM_F_MULTI,
NETCONFA_ALL) < 0) {
rcu_read_unlock();
goto done;
}
nl_dump_check_consistent(cb, nlmsg_hdr(skb));
cont:
idx++;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
}
done:
cb->args[0] = h;
cb->args[1] = idx;
return skb->len;
}
#define MPLS_PERDEV_SYSCTL_OFFSET(field) \
(&((struct mpls_dev *)0)->field)
static int mpls_conf_proc(struct ctl_table *ctl, int write,
void *buffer, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos)
{
int oval = *(int *)ctl->data;
int ret = proc_dointvec(ctl, write, buffer, lenp, ppos);
if (write) {
struct mpls_dev *mdev = ctl->extra1;
int i = (int *)ctl->data - (int *)mdev;
struct net *net = ctl->extra2;
int val = *(int *)ctl->data;
if (i == offsetof(struct mpls_dev, input_enabled) &&
val != oval) {
mpls_netconf_notify_devconf(net, RTM_NEWNETCONF,
NETCONFA_INPUT, mdev);
}
}
return ret;
}
static const struct ctl_table mpls_dev_table[] = {
{
.procname = "input",
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = mpls_conf_proc,
.data = MPLS_PERDEV_SYSCTL_OFFSET(input_enabled),
},
{ }
};
static int mpls_dev_sysctl_register(struct net_device *dev,
struct mpls_dev *mdev)
{
char path[sizeof("net/mpls/conf/") + IFNAMSIZ];
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
struct ctl_table *table;
int i;
table = kmemdup(&mpls_dev_table, sizeof(mpls_dev_table), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!table)
goto out;
/* Table data contains only offsets relative to the base of
* the mdev at this point, so make them absolute.
*/
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(mpls_dev_table); i++) {
table[i].data = (char *)mdev + (uintptr_t)table[i].data;
table[i].extra1 = mdev;
table[i].extra2 = net;
}
snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "net/mpls/conf/%s", dev->name);
mdev->sysctl = register_net_sysctl(net, path, table);
if (!mdev->sysctl)
goto free;
mpls_netconf_notify_devconf(net, RTM_NEWNETCONF, NETCONFA_ALL, mdev);
return 0;
free:
kfree(table);
out:
mdev->sysctl = NULL;
return -ENOBUFS;
}
static void mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(struct net_device *dev,
struct mpls_dev *mdev)
{
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
struct ctl_table *table;
if (!mdev->sysctl)
return;
table = mdev->sysctl->ctl_table_arg;
unregister_net_sysctl_table(mdev->sysctl);
kfree(table);
mpls_netconf_notify_devconf(net, RTM_DELNETCONF, 0, mdev);
}
static struct mpls_dev *mpls_add_dev(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
int err = -ENOMEM;
int i;
ASSERT_RTNL();
mdev = kzalloc(sizeof(*mdev), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mdev)
return ERR_PTR(err);
mdev->stats = alloc_percpu(struct mpls_pcpu_stats);
if (!mdev->stats)
goto free;
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
struct mpls_pcpu_stats *mpls_stats;
mpls_stats = per_cpu_ptr(mdev->stats, i);
u64_stats_init(&mpls_stats->syncp);
}
mdev->dev = dev;
err = mpls_dev_sysctl_register(dev, mdev);
if (err)
goto free;
rcu_assign_pointer(dev->mpls_ptr, mdev);
return mdev;
free:
free_percpu(mdev->stats);
kfree(mdev);
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
static void mpls_dev_destroy_rcu(struct rcu_head *head)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev = container_of(head, struct mpls_dev, rcu);
free_percpu(mdev->stats);
kfree(mdev);
}
static int mpls_ifdown(struct net_device *dev, int event)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
unsigned index;
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
for (index = 0; index < net->mpls.platform_labels; index++) {
struct mpls_route *rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
bool nh_del = false;
u8 alive = 0;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (!rt)
continue;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (event == NETDEV_UNREGISTER) {
u8 deleted = 0;
for_nexthops(rt) {
if (!nh->nh_dev || nh->nh_dev == dev)
deleted++;
if (nh->nh_dev == dev)
nh_del = true;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
/* if there are no more nexthops, delete the route */
if (deleted == rt->rt_nhn) {
mpls_route_update(net, index, NULL, NULL);
continue;
}
if (nh_del) {
size_t size = sizeof(*rt) + rt->rt_nhn *
rt->rt_nh_size;
struct mpls_route *orig = rt;
rt = kmemdup(orig, size, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!rt)
return -ENOMEM;
}
}
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
change_nexthops(rt) {
unsigned int nh_flags = nh->nh_flags;
if (nh->nh_dev != dev)
goto next;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
switch (event) {
case NETDEV_DOWN:
case NETDEV_UNREGISTER:
nh_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
fallthrough;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
case NETDEV_CHANGE:
nh_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
break;
}
if (event == NETDEV_UNREGISTER)
nh->nh_dev = NULL;
if (nh->nh_flags != nh_flags)
WRITE_ONCE(nh->nh_flags, nh_flags);
next:
if (!(nh_flags & (RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN)))
alive++;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
WRITE_ONCE(rt->rt_nhn_alive, alive);
if (nh_del)
mpls_route_update(net, index, rt, NULL);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
return 0;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
}
static void mpls_ifup(struct net_device *dev, unsigned int flags)
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
{
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
unsigned index;
u8 alive;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
for (index = 0; index < net->mpls.platform_labels; index++) {
struct mpls_route *rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
if (!rt)
continue;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
alive = 0;
change_nexthops(rt) {
unsigned int nh_flags = nh->nh_flags;
if (!(nh_flags & flags)) {
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
alive++;
continue;
}
if (nh->nh_dev != dev)
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
continue;
alive++;
nh_flags &= ~flags;
WRITE_ONCE(nh->nh_flags, nh_flags);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
WRITE_ONCE(rt->rt_nhn_alive, alive);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
static int mpls_dev_notify(struct notifier_block *this, unsigned long event,
void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
unsigned int flags;
int err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (event == NETDEV_REGISTER) {
mdev = mpls_add_dev(dev);
if (IS_ERR(mdev))
return notifier_from_errno(PTR_ERR(mdev));
mpls: allow routes on ip6gre devices Summary: This appears to be necessary and sufficient change to enable `MPLS` on `ip6gre` tunnels (RFC4023). This diff allows IP6GRE devices to be recognized by MPLS kernel module and hence user can configure interface to accept packets with mpls headers as well setup mpls routes on them. Test Plan: Test plan consists of multiple containers connected via GRE-V6 tunnel. Then carrying out testing steps as below. - Carry out necessary sysctl settings on all containers ``` sysctl -w net.mpls.platform_labels=65536 sysctl -w net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate=1 sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.lo.input=1 ``` - Establish IP6GRE tunnels ``` ip -6 tunnel add name if_1_2_1 mode ip6gre \ local 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::1 \ remote 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::2 key 1 ip link set dev if_1_2_1 up sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.if_1_2_1.input=1 ip -4 addr add 169.254.0.2/31 dev if_1_2_1 scope link ip -6 tunnel add name if_1_3_1 mode ip6gre \ local 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::1 \ remote 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::3 key 1 ip link set dev if_1_3_1 up sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.if_1_3_1.input=1 ip -4 addr add 169.254.0.4/31 dev if_1_3_1 scope link ``` - Install MPLS encap rules on node-1 towards node-2 ``` ip route add 192.168.0.11/32 nexthop encap mpls 32/64 \ via inet 169.254.0.3 dev if_1_2_1 ``` - Install MPLS forwarding rules on node-2 and node-3 ``` // node2 ip -f mpls route add 32 via inet 169.254.0.7 dev if_2_4_1 // node3 ip -f mpls route add 64 via inet 169.254.0.12 dev if_4_3_1 ``` - Ping 192.168.0.11 (node4) from 192.168.0.1 (node1) (where routing towards 192.168.0.1 is via IP route directly towards node1 from node4) ``` ping 192.168.0.11 ``` - tcpdump on interface to capture ping packets wrapped within MPLS header which inturn wrapped within IP6GRE header ``` 16:43:41.121073 IP6 2401:db00:21:6048:feed::1 > 2401:db00:21:6048:feed::2: DSTOPT GREv0, key=0x1, length 100: MPLS (label 32, exp 0, ttl 255) (label 64, exp 0, [S], ttl 255) IP 192.168.0.1 > 192.168.0.11: ICMP echo request, id 1208, seq 45, length 64 0x0000: 6000 2cdb 006c 3c3f 2401 db00 0021 6048 `.,..l<?$....!`H 0x0010: feed 0000 0000 0001 2401 db00 0021 6048 ........$....!`H 0x0020: feed 0000 0000 0002 2f00 0401 0401 0100 ......../....... 0x0030: 2000 8847 0000 0001 0002 00ff 0004 01ff ...G............ 0x0040: 4500 0054 3280 4000 ff01 c7cb c0a8 0001 E..T2.@......... 0x0050: c0a8 000b 0800 a8d7 04b8 002d 2d3c a05b ...........--<.[ 0x0060: 0000 0000 bcd8 0100 0000 0000 1011 1213 ................ 0x0070: 1415 1617 1819 1a1b 1c1d 1e1f 2021 2223 .............!"# 0x0080: 2425 2627 2829 2a2b 2c2d 2e2f 3031 3233 $%&'()*+,-./0123 0x0090: 3435 3637 4567 ``` Signed-off-by: Saif Hasan <has@fb.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-21 21:30:05 +00:00
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
return NOTIFY_OK;
switch (event) {
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
case NETDEV_DOWN:
err = mpls_ifdown(dev, event);
if (err)
return notifier_from_errno(err);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
break;
case NETDEV_UP:
flags = dev_get_flags(dev);
if (flags & (IFF_RUNNING | IFF_LOWER_UP))
mpls_ifup(dev, RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN);
else
mpls_ifup(dev, RTNH_F_DEAD);
break;
case NETDEV_CHANGE:
flags = dev_get_flags(dev);
if (flags & (IFF_RUNNING | IFF_LOWER_UP)) {
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
mpls_ifup(dev, RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN);
} else {
err = mpls_ifdown(dev, event);
if (err)
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
case NETDEV_UNREGISTER:
err = mpls_ifdown(dev, event);
if (err)
return notifier_from_errno(err);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (mdev) {
mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(dev, mdev);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->mpls_ptr, NULL);
call_rcu(&mdev->rcu, mpls_dev_destroy_rcu);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
break;
mpls: handle device renames for per-device sysctls If a device is renamed and the original name is subsequently reused for a new device, the following warning is generated: sysctl duplicate entry: /net/mpls/conf/veth0//input CPU: 3 PID: 1379 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.1.0-rc4+ #20 Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.7.5-20140531_083030-gandalf 04/01/2014 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffffffff81566aaf 0000000000000000 ffffffff81236279 ffff88002f7d7f00 0000000000000000 ffff88000db336d8 ffff88000db33698 0000000000000005 ffff88002e046000 ffff8800168c9280 Call Trace: [<ffffffff81566aaf>] ? dump_stack+0x40/0x50 [<ffffffff81236279>] ? __register_sysctl_table+0x289/0x5a0 [<ffffffffa051a24f>] ? mpls_dev_notify+0x1ff/0x300 [mpls_router] [<ffffffff8108db7f>] ? notifier_call_chain+0x4f/0x70 [<ffffffff81470e72>] ? register_netdevice+0x2b2/0x480 [<ffffffffa0524748>] ? veth_newlink+0x178/0x2d3 [veth] [<ffffffff8147f84c>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x73c/0x8e0 [<ffffffff8147f27a>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x16a/0x8e0 [<ffffffff81459ff2>] ? __kmalloc_reserve.isra.30+0x32/0x90 [<ffffffff8147ccfd>] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x8d/0x250 [<ffffffff8145b027>] ? __alloc_skb+0x47/0x1f0 [<ffffffff8149badb>] ? __netlink_lookup+0xab/0xe0 [<ffffffff8147cc70>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x30/0x30 [<ffffffff8149e7a0>] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0xb0/0xd0 [<ffffffff8147cc64>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x24/0x30 [<ffffffff8149df17>] ? netlink_unicast+0x107/0x1a0 [<ffffffff8149e4be>] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x50e/0x630 [<ffffffff8145209c>] ? sock_sendmsg+0x3c/0x50 [<ffffffff81452beb>] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x27b/0x290 [<ffffffff811bd258>] ? mem_cgroup_try_charge+0x88/0x110 [<ffffffff811bd5b6>] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x56/0xa0 [<ffffffff811d7700>] ? do_filp_open+0x30/0xa0 [<ffffffff8145336e>] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x3e/0x80 [<ffffffff8156c3f2>] ? system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x75 Fix this by unregistering the previous sysctl table (registered for the path containing the original device name) and re-registering the table for the path containing the new device name. Fixes: 37bde79979c3 ("mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input") Reported-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-11 18:58:26 +00:00
case NETDEV_CHANGENAME:
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (mdev) {
mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(dev, mdev);
mpls: handle device renames for per-device sysctls If a device is renamed and the original name is subsequently reused for a new device, the following warning is generated: sysctl duplicate entry: /net/mpls/conf/veth0//input CPU: 3 PID: 1379 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.1.0-rc4+ #20 Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.7.5-20140531_083030-gandalf 04/01/2014 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffffffff81566aaf 0000000000000000 ffffffff81236279 ffff88002f7d7f00 0000000000000000 ffff88000db336d8 ffff88000db33698 0000000000000005 ffff88002e046000 ffff8800168c9280 Call Trace: [<ffffffff81566aaf>] ? dump_stack+0x40/0x50 [<ffffffff81236279>] ? __register_sysctl_table+0x289/0x5a0 [<ffffffffa051a24f>] ? mpls_dev_notify+0x1ff/0x300 [mpls_router] [<ffffffff8108db7f>] ? notifier_call_chain+0x4f/0x70 [<ffffffff81470e72>] ? register_netdevice+0x2b2/0x480 [<ffffffffa0524748>] ? veth_newlink+0x178/0x2d3 [veth] [<ffffffff8147f84c>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x73c/0x8e0 [<ffffffff8147f27a>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x16a/0x8e0 [<ffffffff81459ff2>] ? __kmalloc_reserve.isra.30+0x32/0x90 [<ffffffff8147ccfd>] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x8d/0x250 [<ffffffff8145b027>] ? __alloc_skb+0x47/0x1f0 [<ffffffff8149badb>] ? __netlink_lookup+0xab/0xe0 [<ffffffff8147cc70>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x30/0x30 [<ffffffff8149e7a0>] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0xb0/0xd0 [<ffffffff8147cc64>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x24/0x30 [<ffffffff8149df17>] ? netlink_unicast+0x107/0x1a0 [<ffffffff8149e4be>] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x50e/0x630 [<ffffffff8145209c>] ? sock_sendmsg+0x3c/0x50 [<ffffffff81452beb>] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x27b/0x290 [<ffffffff811bd258>] ? mem_cgroup_try_charge+0x88/0x110 [<ffffffff811bd5b6>] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x56/0xa0 [<ffffffff811d7700>] ? do_filp_open+0x30/0xa0 [<ffffffff8145336e>] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x3e/0x80 [<ffffffff8156c3f2>] ? system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x75 Fix this by unregistering the previous sysctl table (registered for the path containing the original device name) and re-registering the table for the path containing the new device name. Fixes: 37bde79979c3 ("mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input") Reported-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-11 18:58:26 +00:00
err = mpls_dev_sysctl_register(dev, mdev);
if (err)
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
static struct notifier_block mpls_dev_notifier = {
.notifier_call = mpls_dev_notify,
};
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
static int nla_put_via(struct sk_buff *skb,
u8 table, const void *addr, int alen)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
{
static const int table_to_family[NEIGH_NR_TABLES + 1] = {
AF_INET, AF_INET6, AF_DECnet, AF_PACKET,
};
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
struct nlattr *nla;
struct rtvia *via;
int family = AF_UNSPEC;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
nla = nla_reserve(skb, RTA_VIA, alen + 2);
if (!nla)
return -EMSGSIZE;
if (table <= NEIGH_NR_TABLES)
family = table_to_family[table];
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
via = nla_data(nla);
via->rtvia_family = family;
memcpy(via->rtvia_addr, addr, alen);
return 0;
}
int nla_put_labels(struct sk_buff *skb, int attrtype,
u8 labels, const u32 label[])
{
struct nlattr *nla;
struct mpls_shim_hdr *nla_label;
bool bos;
int i;
nla = nla_reserve(skb, attrtype, labels*4);
if (!nla)
return -EMSGSIZE;
nla_label = nla_data(nla);
bos = true;
for (i = labels - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
nla_label[i] = mpls_entry_encode(label[i], 0, 0, bos);
bos = false;
}
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nla_put_labels);
int nla_get_labels(const struct nlattr *nla, u8 max_labels, u8 *labels,
u32 label[], struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
unsigned len = nla_len(nla);
struct mpls_shim_hdr *nla_label;
u8 nla_labels;
bool bos;
int i;
/* len needs to be an even multiple of 4 (the label size). Number
* of labels is a u8 so check for overflow.
*/
if (len & 3 || len / 4 > 255) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Invalid length for labels attribute");
return -EINVAL;
}
/* Limit the number of new labels allowed */
nla_labels = len/4;
if (nla_labels > max_labels) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "Too many labels");
return -EINVAL;
}
/* when label == NULL, caller wants number of labels */
if (!label)
goto out;
nla_label = nla_data(nla);
bos = true;
for (i = nla_labels - 1; i >= 0; i--, bos = false) {
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
dec = mpls_entry_decode(nla_label + i);
/* Ensure the bottom of stack flag is properly set
* and ttl and tc are both clear.
*/
if (dec.ttl) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"TTL in label must be 0");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (dec.tc) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Traffic class in label must be 0");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (dec.bos != bos) {
NL_SET_BAD_ATTR(extack, nla);
if (bos) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"BOS bit must be set in first label");
} else {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"BOS bit can only be set in first label");
}
return -EINVAL;
}
switch (dec.label) {
case MPLS_LABEL_IMPLNULL:
/* RFC3032: This is a label that an LSR may
* assign and distribute, but which never
* actually appears in the encapsulation.
*/
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Implicit NULL Label (3) can not be used in encapsulation");
return -EINVAL;
}
label[i] = dec.label;
}
out:
*labels = nla_labels;
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nla_get_labels);
static int rtm_to_route_config(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
{
struct rtmsg *rtm;
struct nlattr *tb[RTA_MAX+1];
int index;
int err;
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nlmsg_parse_deprecated(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX,
rtm_mpls_policy, extack);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto errout;
err = -EINVAL;
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
if (rtm->rtm_family != AF_MPLS) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "Invalid address family in rtmsg");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
}
if (rtm->rtm_dst_len != 20) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "rtm_dst_len must be 20 for MPLS");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
}
if (rtm->rtm_src_len != 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "rtm_src_len must be 0 for MPLS");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
}
if (rtm->rtm_tos != 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "rtm_tos must be 0 for MPLS");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
}
if (rtm->rtm_table != RT_TABLE_MAIN) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"MPLS only supports the main route table");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
/* Any value is acceptable for rtm_protocol */
/* As mpls uses destination specific addresses
* (or source specific address in the case of multicast)
* all addresses have universal scope.
*/
if (rtm->rtm_scope != RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"Invalid route scope - MPLS only supports UNIVERSE");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
}
if (rtm->rtm_type != RTN_UNICAST) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"Invalid route type - MPLS only supports UNICAST");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
}
if (rtm->rtm_flags != 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "rtm_flags must be 0 for MPLS");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
cfg->rc_label = LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED;
cfg->rc_protocol = rtm->rtm_protocol;
cfg->rc_via_table = MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC;
cfg->rc_ttl_propagate = MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
cfg->rc_nlflags = nlh->nlmsg_flags;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.portid = NETLINK_CB(skb).portid;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.nlh = nlh;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net = sock_net(skb->sk);
for (index = 0; index <= RTA_MAX; index++) {
struct nlattr *nla = tb[index];
if (!nla)
continue;
switch (index) {
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
case RTA_OIF:
cfg->rc_ifindex = nla_get_u32(nla);
break;
case RTA_NEWDST:
if (nla_get_labels(nla, MAX_NEW_LABELS,
&cfg->rc_output_labels,
cfg->rc_output_label, extack))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
break;
case RTA_DST:
{
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
u8 label_count;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (nla_get_labels(nla, 1, &label_count,
&cfg->rc_label, extack))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
if (!mpls_label_ok(cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net,
&cfg->rc_label, extack))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
break;
}
case RTA_GATEWAY:
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "MPLS does not support RTA_GATEWAY attribute");
goto errout;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
case RTA_VIA:
{
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nla_get_via(nla, &cfg->rc_via_alen,
&cfg->rc_via_table, cfg->rc_via,
extack))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
break;
}
case RTA_MULTIPATH:
{
cfg->rc_mp = nla_data(nla);
cfg->rc_mp_len = nla_len(nla);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
break;
}
case RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE:
{
u8 ttl_propagate = nla_get_u8(nla);
if (ttl_propagate > 1) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE can only be 0 or 1");
goto errout;
}
cfg->rc_ttl_propagate = ttl_propagate ?
MPLS_TTL_PROP_ENABLED :
MPLS_TTL_PROP_DISABLED;
break;
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
default:
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla, "Unknown attribute");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
/* Unsupported attribute */
goto errout;
}
}
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
static int mpls_rtm_delroute(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
{
struct mpls_route_config *cfg;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
int err;
cfg = kzalloc(sizeof(*cfg), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!cfg)
return -ENOMEM;
err = rtm_to_route_config(skb, nlh, cfg, extack);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto out;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
err = mpls_route_del(cfg, extack);
out:
kfree(cfg);
return err;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
}
static int mpls_rtm_newroute(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
{
struct mpls_route_config *cfg;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
int err;
cfg = kzalloc(sizeof(*cfg), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!cfg)
return -ENOMEM;
err = rtm_to_route_config(skb, nlh, cfg, extack);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto out;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
err = mpls_route_add(cfg, extack);
out:
kfree(cfg);
return err;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
}
static int mpls_dump_route(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 portid, u32 seq, int event,
u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt, int flags)
{
struct net_device *dev;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct rtmsg *rtm;
nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, portid, seq, event, sizeof(*rtm), flags);
if (nlh == NULL)
return -EMSGSIZE;
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
rtm->rtm_family = AF_MPLS;
rtm->rtm_dst_len = 20;
rtm->rtm_src_len = 0;
rtm->rtm_tos = 0;
rtm->rtm_table = RT_TABLE_MAIN;
rtm->rtm_protocol = rt->rt_protocol;
rtm->rtm_scope = RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE;
rtm->rtm_type = RTN_UNICAST;
rtm->rtm_flags = 0;
if (nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_DST, 1, &label))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (rt->rt_ttl_propagate != MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT) {
bool ttl_propagate =
rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_ENABLED;
if (nla_put_u8(skb, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE,
ttl_propagate))
goto nla_put_failure;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1) {
const struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nh->nh_labels &&
nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_NEWDST, nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC &&
nla_put_via(skb, nh->nh_via_table, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh),
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nh->nh_via_alen))
goto nla_put_failure;
dev = nh->nh_dev;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (dev && nla_put_u32(skb, RTA_OIF, dev->ifindex))
goto nla_put_failure;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags & RTNH_F_LINKDOWN)
rtm->rtm_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
if (nh->nh_flags & RTNH_F_DEAD)
rtm->rtm_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
} else {
struct rtnexthop *rtnh;
struct nlattr *mp;
u8 linkdown = 0;
u8 dead = 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mp = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, RTA_MULTIPATH);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (!mp)
goto nla_put_failure;
for_nexthops(rt) {
dev = nh->nh_dev;
if (!dev)
continue;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rtnh = nla_reserve_nohdr(skb, sizeof(*rtnh));
if (!rtnh)
goto nla_put_failure;
rtnh->rtnh_ifindex = dev->ifindex;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags & RTNH_F_LINKDOWN) {
rtnh->rtnh_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
linkdown++;
}
if (nh->nh_flags & RTNH_F_DEAD) {
rtnh->rtnh_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
dead++;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nh->nh_labels && nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_NEWDST,
nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC &&
nla_put_via(skb, nh->nh_via_table,
mpls_nh_via(rt, nh),
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nh->nh_via_alen))
goto nla_put_failure;
/* length of rtnetlink header + attributes */
rtnh->rtnh_len = nlmsg_get_pos(skb) - (void *)rtnh;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (linkdown == rt->rt_nhn)
rtm->rtm_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
if (dead == rt->rt_nhn)
rtm->rtm_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nla_nest_end(skb, mp);
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
nlmsg_end(skb, nlh);
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET)
static int mpls_valid_fib_dump_req(struct net *net, const struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct fib_dump_filter *filter,
struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
return ip_valid_fib_dump_req(net, nlh, filter, cb);
}
#else
static int mpls_valid_fib_dump_req(struct net *net, const struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct fib_dump_filter *filter,
struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = cb->extack;
struct nlattr *tb[RTA_MAX + 1];
struct rtmsg *rtm;
int err, i;
if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(sizeof(*rtm))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid header for FIB dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
if (rtm->rtm_dst_len || rtm->rtm_src_len || rtm->rtm_tos ||
rtm->rtm_table || rtm->rtm_scope || rtm->rtm_type ||
rtm->rtm_flags) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid values in header for FIB dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (rtm->rtm_protocol) {
filter->protocol = rtm->rtm_protocol;
filter->filter_set = 1;
cb->answer_flags = NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED;
}
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX,
rtm_mpls_policy, extack);
if (err < 0)
return err;
for (i = 0; i <= RTA_MAX; ++i) {
int ifindex;
if (i == RTA_OIF) {
ifindex = nla_get_u32(tb[i]);
filter->dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex);
if (!filter->dev)
return -ENODEV;
filter->filter_set = 1;
} else if (tb[i]) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Unsupported attribute in dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
}
return 0;
}
#endif
static bool mpls_rt_uses_dev(struct mpls_route *rt,
const struct net_device *dev)
{
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1) {
struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
if (nh->nh_dev == dev)
return true;
} else {
for_nexthops(rt) {
if (nh->nh_dev == dev)
return true;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
}
return false;
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
static int mpls_dump_routes(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
const struct nlmsghdr *nlh = cb->nlh;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
struct net *net = sock_net(skb->sk);
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
struct fib_dump_filter filter = {};
unsigned int flags = NLM_F_MULTI;
size_t platform_labels;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
unsigned int index;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (cb->strict_check) {
int err;
err = mpls_valid_fib_dump_req(net, nlh, &filter, cb);
if (err < 0)
return err;
/* for MPLS, there is only 1 table with fixed type and flags.
* If either are set in the filter then return nothing.
*/
if ((filter.table_id && filter.table_id != RT_TABLE_MAIN) ||
(filter.rt_type && filter.rt_type != RTN_UNICAST) ||
filter.flags)
return skb->len;
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
index = cb->args[0];
if (index < MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)
index = MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
if (filter.filter_set)
flags |= NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED;
for (; index < platform_labels; index++) {
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (!rt)
continue;
if ((filter.dev && !mpls_rt_uses_dev(rt, filter.dev)) ||
(filter.protocol && rt->rt_protocol != filter.protocol))
continue;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (mpls_dump_route(skb, NETLINK_CB(cb->skb).portid,
cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq, RTM_NEWROUTE,
index, rt, flags) < 0)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
break;
}
cb->args[0] = index;
return skb->len;
}
static inline size_t lfib_nlmsg_size(struct mpls_route *rt)
{
size_t payload =
NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct rtmsg))
+ nla_total_size(4) /* RTA_DST */
+ nla_total_size(1); /* RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1) {
struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
if (nh->nh_dev)
payload += nla_total_size(4); /* RTA_OIF */
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC) /* RTA_VIA */
payload += nla_total_size(2 + nh->nh_via_alen);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nh->nh_labels) /* RTA_NEWDST */
payload += nla_total_size(nh->nh_labels * 4);
} else {
/* each nexthop is packed in an attribute */
size_t nhsize = 0;
for_nexthops(rt) {
if (!nh->nh_dev)
continue;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nhsize += nla_total_size(sizeof(struct rtnexthop));
/* RTA_VIA */
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC)
nhsize += nla_total_size(2 + nh->nh_via_alen);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nh->nh_labels)
nhsize += nla_total_size(nh->nh_labels * 4);
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
/* nested attribute */
payload += nla_total_size(nhsize);
}
return payload;
}
static void rtmsg_lfib(int event, u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh, struct net *net, u32 portid,
unsigned int nlm_flags)
{
struct sk_buff *skb;
u32 seq = nlh ? nlh->nlmsg_seq : 0;
int err = -ENOBUFS;
skb = nlmsg_new(lfib_nlmsg_size(rt), GFP_KERNEL);
if (skb == NULL)
goto errout;
err = mpls_dump_route(skb, portid, seq, event, label, rt, nlm_flags);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in lfib_nlmsg_size */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
kfree_skb(skb);
goto errout;
}
rtnl_notify(skb, net, portid, RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE, nlh, GFP_KERNEL);
return;
errout:
if (err < 0)
rtnl_set_sk_err(net, RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE, err);
}
static int mpls_valid_getroute_req(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct nlattr **tb,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct rtmsg *rtm;
int i, err;
if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(sizeof(*rtm))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Invalid header for get route request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (!netlink_strict_get_check(skb))
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
return nlmsg_parse_deprecated(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX,
rtm_mpls_policy, extack);
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
if ((rtm->rtm_dst_len && rtm->rtm_dst_len != 20) ||
rtm->rtm_src_len || rtm->rtm_tos || rtm->rtm_table ||
rtm->rtm_protocol || rtm->rtm_scope || rtm->rtm_type) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid values in header for get route request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (rtm->rtm_flags & ~RTM_F_FIB_MATCH) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Invalid flags for get route request");
return -EINVAL;
}
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX,
rtm_mpls_policy, extack);
if (err)
return err;
if ((tb[RTA_DST] || tb[RTA_NEWDST]) && !rtm->rtm_dst_len) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "rtm_dst_len must be 20 for MPLS");
return -EINVAL;
}
for (i = 0; i <= RTA_MAX; i++) {
if (!tb[i])
continue;
switch (i) {
case RTA_DST:
case RTA_NEWDST:
break;
default:
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Unsupported attribute in get route request");
return -EINVAL;
}
}
return 0;
}
static int mpls_getroute(struct sk_buff *in_skb, struct nlmsghdr *in_nlh,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net *net = sock_net(in_skb->sk);
u32 portid = NETLINK_CB(in_skb).portid;
u32 in_label = LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED;
struct nlattr *tb[RTA_MAX + 1];
u32 labels[MAX_NEW_LABELS];
struct mpls_shim_hdr *hdr;
unsigned int hdr_size = 0;
const struct mpls_nh *nh;
struct net_device *dev;
struct mpls_route *rt;
struct rtmsg *rtm, *r;
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct sk_buff *skb;
u8 n_labels;
int err;
err = mpls_valid_getroute_req(in_skb, in_nlh, tb, extack);
if (err < 0)
goto errout;
rtm = nlmsg_data(in_nlh);
if (tb[RTA_DST]) {
u8 label_count;
if (nla_get_labels(tb[RTA_DST], 1, &label_count,
&in_label, extack)) {
err = -EINVAL;
goto errout;
}
if (!mpls_label_ok(net, &in_label, extack)) {
err = -EINVAL;
goto errout;
}
}
rt = mpls_route_input_rcu(net, in_label);
if (!rt) {
err = -ENETUNREACH;
goto errout;
}
if (rtm->rtm_flags & RTM_F_FIB_MATCH) {
skb = nlmsg_new(lfib_nlmsg_size(rt), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!skb) {
err = -ENOBUFS;
goto errout;
}
err = mpls_dump_route(skb, portid, in_nlh->nlmsg_seq,
RTM_NEWROUTE, in_label, rt, 0);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in lfib_nlmsg_size */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
goto errout_free;
}
return rtnl_unicast(skb, net, portid);
}
if (tb[RTA_NEWDST]) {
if (nla_get_labels(tb[RTA_NEWDST], MAX_NEW_LABELS, &n_labels,
labels, extack) != 0) {
err = -EINVAL;
goto errout;
}
hdr_size = n_labels * sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr);
}
skb = alloc_skb(NLMSG_GOODSIZE, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!skb) {
err = -ENOBUFS;
goto errout;
}
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_MPLS_UC);
if (hdr_size) {
bool bos;
int i;
if (skb_cow(skb, hdr_size)) {
err = -ENOBUFS;
goto errout_free;
}
skb_reserve(skb, hdr_size);
skb_push(skb, hdr_size);
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
/* Push new labels */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb);
bos = true;
for (i = n_labels - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
hdr[i] = mpls_entry_encode(labels[i],
1, 0, bos);
bos = false;
}
}
nh = mpls_select_multipath(rt, skb);
if (!nh) {
err = -ENETUNREACH;
goto errout_free;
}
if (hdr_size) {
skb_pull(skb, hdr_size);
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
}
nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, portid, in_nlh->nlmsg_seq,
RTM_NEWROUTE, sizeof(*r), 0);
if (!nlh) {
err = -EMSGSIZE;
goto errout_free;
}
r = nlmsg_data(nlh);
r->rtm_family = AF_MPLS;
r->rtm_dst_len = 20;
r->rtm_src_len = 0;
r->rtm_table = RT_TABLE_MAIN;
r->rtm_type = RTN_UNICAST;
r->rtm_scope = RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE;
r->rtm_protocol = rt->rt_protocol;
r->rtm_flags = 0;
if (nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_DST, 1, &in_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (nh->nh_labels &&
nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_NEWDST, nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC &&
nla_put_via(skb, nh->nh_via_table, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh),
nh->nh_via_alen))
goto nla_put_failure;
dev = nh->nh_dev;
if (dev && nla_put_u32(skb, RTA_OIF, dev->ifindex))
goto nla_put_failure;
nlmsg_end(skb, nlh);
err = rtnl_unicast(skb, net, portid);
errout:
return err;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(skb, nlh);
err = -EMSGSIZE;
errout_free:
kfree_skb(skb);
return err;
}
static int resize_platform_label_table(struct net *net, size_t limit)
{
size_t size = sizeof(struct mpls_route *) * limit;
size_t old_limit;
size_t cp_size;
struct mpls_route __rcu **labels = NULL, **old;
struct mpls_route *rt0 = NULL, *rt2 = NULL;
unsigned index;
if (size) {
treewide: use kv[mz]alloc* rather than opencoded variants There are many code paths opencoding kvmalloc. Let's use the helper instead. The main difference to kvmalloc is that those users are usually not considering all the aspects of the memory allocator. E.g. allocation requests <= 32kB (with 4kB pages) are basically never failing and invoke OOM killer to satisfy the allocation. This sounds too disruptive for something that has a reasonable fallback - the vmalloc. On the other hand those requests might fallback to vmalloc even when the memory allocator would succeed after several more reclaim/compaction attempts previously. There is no guarantee something like that happens though. This patch converts many of those places to kv[mz]alloc* helpers because they are more conservative. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170306103327.2766-2-mhocko@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com> # Xen bits Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz> Acked-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> # Lustre Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com> # KVM/s390 Acked-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> # nvdim Acked-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com> # btrfs Acked-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com> # Ceph Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> # mlx4 Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> # mlx5 Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com> Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com> Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Cc: Anton Vorontsov <anton@enomsg.org> Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com> Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com> Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Cc: Ben Skeggs <bskeggs@redhat.com> Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> Cc: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com> Cc: Oleg Drokin <oleg.drokin@intel.com> Cc: "Yan, Zheng" <zyan@redhat.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-05-08 22:57:27 +00:00
labels = kvzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!labels)
goto nolabels;
}
/* In case the predefined labels need to be populated */
if (limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL) {
struct net_device *lo = net->loopback_dev;
rt0 = mpls_rt_alloc(1, lo->addr_len, 0);
if (IS_ERR(rt0))
goto nort0;
rt0->rt_nh->nh_dev = lo;
rt0->rt_protocol = RTPROT_KERNEL;
rt0->rt_payload_type = MPT_IPV4;
rt0->rt_ttl_propagate = MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rt0->rt_nh->nh_via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
rt0->rt_nh->nh_via_alen = lo->addr_len;
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt0, rt0->rt_nh), lo->dev_addr,
lo->addr_len);
}
if (limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL) {
struct net_device *lo = net->loopback_dev;
rt2 = mpls_rt_alloc(1, lo->addr_len, 0);
if (IS_ERR(rt2))
goto nort2;
rt2->rt_nh->nh_dev = lo;
rt2->rt_protocol = RTPROT_KERNEL;
rt2->rt_payload_type = MPT_IPV6;
rt2->rt_ttl_propagate = MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rt2->rt_nh->nh_via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
rt2->rt_nh->nh_via_alen = lo->addr_len;
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt2, rt2->rt_nh), lo->dev_addr,
lo->addr_len);
}
rtnl_lock();
/* Remember the original table */
old = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
old_limit = net->mpls.platform_labels;
/* Free any labels beyond the new table */
for (index = limit; index < old_limit; index++)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls_route_update(net, index, NULL, NULL);
/* Copy over the old labels */
cp_size = size;
if (old_limit < limit)
cp_size = old_limit * sizeof(struct mpls_route *);
memcpy(labels, old, cp_size);
/* If needed set the predefined labels */
if ((old_limit <= MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL) &&
(limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL)) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(labels[MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL], rt2);
rt2 = NULL;
}
if ((old_limit <= MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL) &&
(limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL)) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(labels[MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL], rt0);
rt0 = NULL;
}
/* Update the global pointers */
net->mpls.platform_labels = limit;
rcu_assign_pointer(net->mpls.platform_label, labels);
rtnl_unlock();
mpls_rt_free(rt2);
mpls_rt_free(rt0);
if (old) {
synchronize_rcu();
kvfree(old);
}
return 0;
nort2:
mpls_rt_free(rt0);
nort0:
kvfree(labels);
nolabels:
return -ENOMEM;
}
static int mpls_platform_labels(struct ctl_table *table, int write,
void *buffer, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos)
{
struct net *net = table->data;
int platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
int ret;
struct ctl_table tmp = {
.procname = table->procname,
.data = &platform_labels,
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = table->mode,
proc/sysctl: add shared variables for range check In the sysctl code the proc_dointvec_minmax() function is often used to validate the user supplied value between an allowed range. This function uses the extra1 and extra2 members from struct ctl_table as minimum and maximum allowed value. On sysctl handler declaration, in every source file there are some readonly variables containing just an integer which address is assigned to the extra1 and extra2 members, so the sysctl range is enforced. The special values 0, 1 and INT_MAX are very often used as range boundary, leading duplication of variables like zero=0, one=1, int_max=INT_MAX in different source files: $ git grep -E '\.extra[12].*&(zero|one|int_max)' |wc -l 248 Add a const int array containing the most commonly used values, some macros to refer more easily to the correct array member, and use them instead of creating a local one for every object file. This is the bloat-o-meter output comparing the old and new binary compiled with the default Fedora config: # scripts/bloat-o-meter -d vmlinux.o.old vmlinux.o add/remove: 2/2 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 24/-188 (-164) Data old new delta sysctl_vals - 12 +12 __kstrtab_sysctl_vals - 12 +12 max 14 10 -4 int_max 16 - -16 one 68 - -68 zero 128 28 -100 Total: Before=20583249, After=20583085, chg -0.00% [mcroce@redhat.com: tipc: remove two unused variables] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530091952.4108-1-mcroce@redhat.com [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix net/ipv6/sysctl_net_ipv6.c] [arnd@arndb.de: proc/sysctl: make firmware loader table conditional] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190617130014.1713870-1-arnd@arndb.de [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/eventpoll.c] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190430180111.10688-1-mcroce@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Aaron Tomlin <atomlin@redhat.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2019-07-18 22:58:50 +00:00
.extra1 = SYSCTL_ZERO,
.extra2 = &label_limit,
};
ret = proc_dointvec_minmax(&tmp, write, buffer, lenp, ppos);
if (write && ret == 0)
ret = resize_platform_label_table(net, platform_labels);
return ret;
}
#define MPLS_NS_SYSCTL_OFFSET(field) \
(&((struct net *)0)->field)
static const struct ctl_table mpls_table[] = {
{
.procname = "platform_labels",
.data = NULL,
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = mpls_platform_labels,
},
{
.procname = "ip_ttl_propagate",
.data = MPLS_NS_SYSCTL_OFFSET(mpls.ip_ttl_propagate),
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = proc_dointvec_minmax,
proc/sysctl: add shared variables for range check In the sysctl code the proc_dointvec_minmax() function is often used to validate the user supplied value between an allowed range. This function uses the extra1 and extra2 members from struct ctl_table as minimum and maximum allowed value. On sysctl handler declaration, in every source file there are some readonly variables containing just an integer which address is assigned to the extra1 and extra2 members, so the sysctl range is enforced. The special values 0, 1 and INT_MAX are very often used as range boundary, leading duplication of variables like zero=0, one=1, int_max=INT_MAX in different source files: $ git grep -E '\.extra[12].*&(zero|one|int_max)' |wc -l 248 Add a const int array containing the most commonly used values, some macros to refer more easily to the correct array member, and use them instead of creating a local one for every object file. This is the bloat-o-meter output comparing the old and new binary compiled with the default Fedora config: # scripts/bloat-o-meter -d vmlinux.o.old vmlinux.o add/remove: 2/2 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 24/-188 (-164) Data old new delta sysctl_vals - 12 +12 __kstrtab_sysctl_vals - 12 +12 max 14 10 -4 int_max 16 - -16 one 68 - -68 zero 128 28 -100 Total: Before=20583249, After=20583085, chg -0.00% [mcroce@redhat.com: tipc: remove two unused variables] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530091952.4108-1-mcroce@redhat.com [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix net/ipv6/sysctl_net_ipv6.c] [arnd@arndb.de: proc/sysctl: make firmware loader table conditional] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190617130014.1713870-1-arnd@arndb.de [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/eventpoll.c] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190430180111.10688-1-mcroce@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Aaron Tomlin <atomlin@redhat.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2019-07-18 22:58:50 +00:00
.extra1 = SYSCTL_ZERO,
.extra2 = SYSCTL_ONE,
},
{
.procname = "default_ttl",
.data = MPLS_NS_SYSCTL_OFFSET(mpls.default_ttl),
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = proc_dointvec_minmax,
proc/sysctl: add shared variables for range check In the sysctl code the proc_dointvec_minmax() function is often used to validate the user supplied value between an allowed range. This function uses the extra1 and extra2 members from struct ctl_table as minimum and maximum allowed value. On sysctl handler declaration, in every source file there are some readonly variables containing just an integer which address is assigned to the extra1 and extra2 members, so the sysctl range is enforced. The special values 0, 1 and INT_MAX are very often used as range boundary, leading duplication of variables like zero=0, one=1, int_max=INT_MAX in different source files: $ git grep -E '\.extra[12].*&(zero|one|int_max)' |wc -l 248 Add a const int array containing the most commonly used values, some macros to refer more easily to the correct array member, and use them instead of creating a local one for every object file. This is the bloat-o-meter output comparing the old and new binary compiled with the default Fedora config: # scripts/bloat-o-meter -d vmlinux.o.old vmlinux.o add/remove: 2/2 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 24/-188 (-164) Data old new delta sysctl_vals - 12 +12 __kstrtab_sysctl_vals - 12 +12 max 14 10 -4 int_max 16 - -16 one 68 - -68 zero 128 28 -100 Total: Before=20583249, After=20583085, chg -0.00% [mcroce@redhat.com: tipc: remove two unused variables] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530091952.4108-1-mcroce@redhat.com [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix net/ipv6/sysctl_net_ipv6.c] [arnd@arndb.de: proc/sysctl: make firmware loader table conditional] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190617130014.1713870-1-arnd@arndb.de [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/eventpoll.c] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190430180111.10688-1-mcroce@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Aaron Tomlin <atomlin@redhat.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2019-07-18 22:58:50 +00:00
.extra1 = SYSCTL_ONE,
.extra2 = &ttl_max,
},
{ }
};
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static int mpls_net_init(struct net *net)
{
struct ctl_table *table;
int i;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
net->mpls.platform_labels = 0;
net->mpls.platform_label = NULL;
net->mpls.ip_ttl_propagate = 1;
net->mpls.default_ttl = 255;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
table = kmemdup(mpls_table, sizeof(mpls_table), GFP_KERNEL);
if (table == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
/* Table data contains only offsets relative to the base of
* the mdev at this point, so make them absolute.
*/
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(mpls_table) - 1; i++)
table[i].data = (char *)net + (uintptr_t)table[i].data;
net->mpls.ctl = register_net_sysctl(net, "net/mpls", table);
if (net->mpls.ctl == NULL) {
kfree(table);
return -ENOMEM;
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
return 0;
}
static void mpls_net_exit(struct net *net)
{
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
size_t platform_labels;
struct ctl_table *table;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
unsigned int index;
table = net->mpls.ctl->ctl_table_arg;
unregister_net_sysctl_table(net->mpls.ctl);
kfree(table);
/* An rcu grace period has passed since there was a device in
* the network namespace (and thus the last in flight packet)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
* left this network namespace. This is because
* unregister_netdevice_many and netdev_run_todo has completed
* for each network device that was in this network namespace.
*
* As such no additional rcu synchronization is necessary when
* freeing the platform_label table.
*/
rtnl_lock();
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
for (index = 0; index < platform_labels; index++) {
struct mpls_route *rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
RCU_INIT_POINTER(platform_label[index], NULL);
mpls_notify_route(net, index, rt, NULL, NULL);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls_rt_free(rt);
}
rtnl_unlock();
kvfree(platform_label);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
static struct pernet_operations mpls_net_ops = {
.init = mpls_net_init,
.exit = mpls_net_exit,
};
static struct rtnl_af_ops mpls_af_ops __read_mostly = {
.family = AF_MPLS,
.fill_stats_af = mpls_fill_stats_af,
.get_stats_af_size = mpls_get_stats_af_size,
};
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static int __init mpls_init(void)
{
int err;
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr) != 4);
err = register_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
if (err)
goto out;
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&mpls_dev_notifier);
if (err)
goto out_unregister_pernet;
dev_add_pack(&mpls_packet_type);
rtnl_af_register(&mpls_af_ops);
rtnl_register_module(THIS_MODULE, PF_MPLS, RTM_NEWROUTE,
mpls_rtm_newroute, NULL, 0);
rtnl_register_module(THIS_MODULE, PF_MPLS, RTM_DELROUTE,
mpls_rtm_delroute, NULL, 0);
rtnl_register_module(THIS_MODULE, PF_MPLS, RTM_GETROUTE,
mpls_getroute, mpls_dump_routes, 0);
rtnl_register_module(THIS_MODULE, PF_MPLS, RTM_GETNETCONF,
mpls_netconf_get_devconf,
mpls_netconf_dump_devconf, 0);
err = ipgre_tunnel_encap_add_mpls_ops();
if (err)
pr_err("Can't add mpls over gre tunnel ops\n");
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
err = 0;
out:
return err;
out_unregister_pernet:
unregister_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
goto out;
}
module_init(mpls_init);
static void __exit mpls_exit(void)
{
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
rtnl_unregister_all(PF_MPLS);
rtnl_af_unregister(&mpls_af_ops);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
dev_remove_pack(&mpls_packet_type);
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&mpls_dev_notifier);
unregister_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
ipgre_tunnel_encap_del_mpls_ops();
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
module_exit(mpls_exit);
MODULE_DESCRIPTION("MultiProtocol Label Switching");
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
MODULE_ALIAS_NETPROTO(PF_MPLS);